1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from"
343 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
348 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
352 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
354 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
356 /* xgettext:c-format */
357 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
358 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
359 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
361 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
365 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
368 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
369 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
370 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
371 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
372 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
373 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
374 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
377 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
378 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
381 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
383 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
385 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
387 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
389 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
393 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
398 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
404 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
406 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
408 elf_section_list
* entry
;
409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
411 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
412 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
415 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
418 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
420 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
425 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
427 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
428 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
429 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
430 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
431 the index table will not be needed. */
435 /* Read the symbols. */
437 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
439 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
440 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
441 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
442 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
443 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
445 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
446 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
448 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
449 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
450 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
456 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
460 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
461 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
462 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
464 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
465 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
466 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
468 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
469 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
470 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
477 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
480 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
481 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
482 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
486 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
487 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
488 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
489 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
491 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
492 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
494 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
495 /* xgettext:c-format */
496 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references"
497 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
498 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
499 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
506 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
508 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
509 free (alloc_extshndx
);
514 /* Look up a symbol name. */
516 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
518 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
522 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
523 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
525 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
526 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
527 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
529 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
530 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
533 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
536 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
537 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
542 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
543 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
546 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
549 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
551 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
552 signature just a string? */
555 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
558 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
559 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
560 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
562 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
563 that it is a symbol table section. */
564 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
566 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
567 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
568 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
571 /* Go read the symbol. */
572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
573 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
574 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
577 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
580 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
583 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
585 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
587 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
588 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
591 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
593 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
594 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
595 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
598 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
599 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
600 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
601 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
602 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
604 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
606 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
608 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
614 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
615 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
620 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
621 so we can find them quickly. */
624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
626 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
627 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
629 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0, num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
632 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
636 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
639 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
641 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
643 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
646 /* Add to list of sections. */
647 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
650 /* Read the raw contents. */
651 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
652 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
653 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
654 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
655 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
656 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
659 /* xgettext:c-format */
660 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section"
661 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
667 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
669 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
670 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
674 /* xgettext:c-format */
675 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section"
676 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
679 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
680 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
681 contents to be used. */
682 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
686 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
687 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
688 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
690 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
691 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
699 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
700 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
703 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
704 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
705 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
711 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
);
714 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
719 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
720 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
724 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
728 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
730 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
731 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
737 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
741 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
743 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
744 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
750 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
751 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
753 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
754 section is a member. */
756 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
760 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
761 other members to see if any others are linked via
763 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
764 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
766 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
767 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
771 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
772 insert current section in circular list. */
773 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
774 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
775 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
781 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
784 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
786 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
787 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
790 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
792 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
793 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
801 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
803 /* xgettext:c-format */
804 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
812 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
815 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
816 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
819 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
820 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
822 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
823 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
825 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
826 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
827 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
828 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
832 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
833 bed
->link_order_error_handler
834 /* xgettext:c-format */
835 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
840 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
842 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
844 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
845 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
849 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
850 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
854 /* xgettext:c-format */
855 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
856 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
860 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
863 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
864 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
867 /* xgettext:c-format */
868 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
869 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
874 /* Process section groups. */
875 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
878 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
881 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
884 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
885 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
888 /* xgettext:c-format */
889 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
895 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
896 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
899 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
900 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
901 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
902 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
903 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
904 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
905 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
906 relocation sections are in section group in input object
908 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
911 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%A]"),
916 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
917 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
918 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
929 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
931 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
935 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
937 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
938 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
939 if (new_name
== NULL
)
943 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
948 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
950 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
951 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
952 if (new_name
== NULL
)
955 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
959 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
960 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
963 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
964 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
970 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
972 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
975 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
979 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
980 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
981 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
983 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
984 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
985 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
987 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
989 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
990 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
991 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
992 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
995 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
996 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
997 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
998 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1000 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1003 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1006 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1007 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1008 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1010 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1012 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1015 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1017 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1018 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1019 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1020 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1022 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1023 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1024 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1025 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1027 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1029 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1030 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1031 if (name
[0] == '.')
1036 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1037 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1038 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1039 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1040 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1041 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1043 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1045 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1046 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1049 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1050 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1054 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1055 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1056 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1057 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1058 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1059 all but one of the sections. */
1060 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1061 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1062 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1064 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1065 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1066 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1069 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1072 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1073 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1074 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1075 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1079 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1082 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_offset
);
1086 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1088 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1089 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1091 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1092 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1093 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1094 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1095 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1096 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1097 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1099 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1101 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1104 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1105 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1107 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1108 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1109 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1110 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1112 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1113 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1114 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1116 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1117 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1118 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1119 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1120 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1121 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1122 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1123 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1124 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1126 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1127 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1128 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1129 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1130 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1131 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1132 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1138 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1139 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1140 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1141 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1142 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1144 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1145 int compression_header_size
;
1146 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1147 bfd_boolean compressed
1148 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1149 &compression_header_size
,
1150 &uncompressed_size
);
1154 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1155 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1156 action
= decompress
;
1159 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1160 section. Check if we should compress. */
1161 if (action
== nothing
)
1163 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1164 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1165 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1166 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1168 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1169 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1175 if (action
== compress
)
1177 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1180 /* xgettext:c-format */
1181 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1188 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1191 /* xgettext:c-format */
1192 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1198 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1201 && (action
== decompress
1202 || (action
== compress
1203 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1205 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1206 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1208 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1209 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1211 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1215 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1216 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1217 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1223 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1225 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1226 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1227 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1230 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1231 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1232 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1233 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1234 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1235 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1236 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1237 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1238 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1242 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1244 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1245 asection
*input_section
,
1247 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1249 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1250 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1251 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1252 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1254 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1255 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1258 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1261 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1262 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1263 should be the same. */
1266 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1267 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1270 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1271 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1272 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1273 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1274 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1275 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1276 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1280 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1281 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1282 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1283 to be the correct section. */
1286 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1288 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1291 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1293 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1294 if (oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1295 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1298 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1300 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1302 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1304 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1305 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1306 multiple matches ? */
1313 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1314 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1315 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1318 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1320 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1322 const unsigned int secnum
)
1324 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1325 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1326 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1327 unsigned int sh_link
;
1329 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1331 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1332 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1333 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1334 matched up with the original.
1336 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1337 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1338 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1339 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1340 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1341 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1342 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1343 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1344 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1345 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1346 without any contents. */
1347 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1348 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1349 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1350 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1354 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1355 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1356 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1357 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1360 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1361 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1362 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1363 in the input bfd. */
1364 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1366 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1367 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1369 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1370 /* xgettext:c-format */
1371 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1372 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1376 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1377 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1379 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1383 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1384 if we could not find a match ? */
1385 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1386 /* xgettext:c-format */
1387 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1390 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1392 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1393 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1395 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1397 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1399 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1400 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1403 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1404 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1406 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1408 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1412 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1413 /* xgettext:c-format */
1414 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1420 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1424 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1426 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1427 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1431 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1432 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1435 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1437 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1438 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1441 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1443 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1444 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1445 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1447 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1448 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1449 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1450 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1452 /* Copy object attributes. */
1453 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1455 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1458 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1460 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1461 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1464 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1466 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1467 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1468 files. See below for more details. */
1470 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1471 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1474 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1475 fields have already been initialised. */
1476 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1477 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1480 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1481 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1482 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1484 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1486 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1489 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1490 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1491 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1492 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1494 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1495 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1496 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1497 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1498 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1499 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1504 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1507 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1508 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1509 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1510 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1512 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1514 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1517 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1518 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1519 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1521 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1522 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1523 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1524 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1525 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1526 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1527 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1528 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1529 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1530 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1532 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1537 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1539 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1540 with a NULL input section. */
1541 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1542 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1550 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1555 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1556 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1557 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1558 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1559 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1560 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1561 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1562 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1563 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1564 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1565 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1566 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1571 /* Print out the program headers. */
1574 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1576 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1577 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1579 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1581 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1586 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1587 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1588 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1590 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1595 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1598 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1599 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1600 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1601 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1602 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1603 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1604 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1605 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1606 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1607 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1608 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1609 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1610 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1611 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1612 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1613 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1614 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1619 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1622 unsigned int elfsec
;
1623 unsigned long shlink
;
1624 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1626 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1628 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1630 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1633 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1634 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1636 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1638 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1639 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1642 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1643 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1645 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1646 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1648 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1650 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1651 const char *name
= "";
1653 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1656 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1658 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1665 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1666 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1668 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1670 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1675 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1676 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1677 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1678 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1679 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1680 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1681 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1682 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1683 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1684 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1685 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1686 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1687 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1688 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1689 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1690 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1691 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1692 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1693 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1694 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1695 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1696 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1697 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1698 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1699 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1700 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1701 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1702 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1703 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1704 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1705 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1706 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1707 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1708 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1709 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1710 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1711 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1712 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1713 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1714 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1715 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1716 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1717 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1718 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1719 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1720 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1721 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1722 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1723 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1724 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1725 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1726 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1727 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1728 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1729 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1730 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1731 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1732 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1735 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1739 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1744 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1746 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1749 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1758 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1759 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1761 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1765 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1767 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1769 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1770 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1772 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1773 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1774 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1775 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1777 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1780 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1784 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1790 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1792 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1794 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1795 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1797 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1799 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1800 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1801 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1802 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1803 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1804 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1816 /* Get version string. */
1819 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1820 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1822 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1823 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1824 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1826 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1828 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1829 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1832 version_string
= "";
1833 else if (vernum
== 1)
1834 version_string
= "Base";
1835 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1837 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1840 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1842 version_string
= "";
1843 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1847 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1849 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1851 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1853 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1860 return version_string
;
1863 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1866 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1869 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1871 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1874 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1875 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1877 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1878 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1879 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1880 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1882 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1884 const char *section_name
;
1885 const char *name
= NULL
;
1886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1887 unsigned char st_other
;
1889 const char *version_string
;
1892 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1894 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1895 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1896 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1900 name
= symbol
->name
;
1901 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1904 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1905 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1906 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1907 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1908 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1909 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1910 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1912 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1913 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1915 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1916 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1922 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1927 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1928 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1933 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1934 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1939 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1940 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1941 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1943 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1945 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1948 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1954 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1956 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1959 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1961 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1962 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1965 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1966 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1967 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1968 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1970 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1975 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1976 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1977 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1978 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1979 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1980 can expect to recurse at least once.
1982 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1983 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1985 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1986 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1987 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1989 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1990 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1991 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1992 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1994 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1997 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2000 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2003 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2004 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2005 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2010 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2011 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2014 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2017 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2018 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2019 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2020 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2021 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2022 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2023 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2024 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2025 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2026 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2029 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2030 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2033 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2035 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2036 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2037 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2040 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2041 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2042 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2044 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2049 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2051 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2055 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2056 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2057 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2058 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2060 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2061 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2065 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2067 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2068 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2070 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2071 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2073 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2081 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2082 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2085 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2088 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2090 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2092 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2093 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2094 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2099 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2100 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2101 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2104 /* xgettext:c-format */
2105 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2106 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2110 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2111 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2112 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2113 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2115 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2116 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2117 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2118 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2119 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2121 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2122 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2123 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2127 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2128 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2129 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2131 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2132 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2134 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2135 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2138 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2139 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2141 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2143 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2144 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2149 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2153 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2154 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2159 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2160 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2164 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2165 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2168 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2171 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2173 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2176 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2177 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2178 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2183 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2184 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2185 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2188 /* xgettext:c-format */
2189 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2190 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2194 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2196 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2197 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2199 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2200 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2201 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2204 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2206 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2208 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2209 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2212 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2215 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2217 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2218 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2219 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2223 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2224 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2227 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2229 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2230 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2234 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2237 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2238 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2242 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2245 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2246 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2247 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2248 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2250 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2255 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2256 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2257 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2258 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2260 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2262 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2263 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2265 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2266 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2268 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2271 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2273 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2275 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2276 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2280 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2285 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2287 asection
*target_sect
;
2288 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2289 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2290 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2293 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2294 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2297 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2298 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2301 /* xgettext:c-format */
2302 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2303 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2304 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2309 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2310 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2311 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2312 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2313 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2314 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2315 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2317 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2318 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2319 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2320 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2326 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2328 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2329 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2340 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2343 /* Get the symbol table. */
2344 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2345 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2346 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2349 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2350 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2351 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2352 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2353 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2354 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2355 sh_link points to the null section. */
2356 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2357 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2358 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2359 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2360 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2361 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2363 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2368 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2371 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2372 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2375 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2376 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2377 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2379 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2381 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2384 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2389 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2390 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2391 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2392 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2393 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2394 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2395 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2396 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2397 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2399 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2400 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2402 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2406 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2407 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2409 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2412 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2413 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2416 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2417 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2418 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2421 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2422 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2423 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2424 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2431 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2434 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2440 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2441 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2442 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2444 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2446 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2450 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2451 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2454 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2456 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2457 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2458 for applications? */
2460 /* xgettext:c-format */
2461 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2462 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2463 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2466 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2467 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2472 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2473 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2474 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2476 /* xgettext:c-format */
2477 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2479 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2480 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2482 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2483 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2484 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2485 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2486 be rejected with an error message. */
2488 /* xgettext:c-format */
2489 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2491 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2494 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2495 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2500 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2502 /* xgettext:c-format */
2503 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2504 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2512 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2513 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2514 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2516 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2517 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2522 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2525 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2527 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2529 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2531 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2534 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2535 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2537 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2538 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2539 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2542 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2544 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2547 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2550 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2553 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2557 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2559 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2561 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2564 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2566 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2567 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2570 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2572 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2573 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2576 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2578 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2579 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2580 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2581 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2582 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2583 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2584 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2585 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2587 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2588 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2589 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2590 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2591 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2594 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2598 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2601 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2606 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2607 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2608 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2609 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2610 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2612 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2615 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2618 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2621 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2626 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2632 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2635 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2639 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2642 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2646 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2649 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2655 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2663 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2664 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2665 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2674 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2683 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2686 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2688 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2689 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2690 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2692 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2693 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2694 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2695 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2698 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2700 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2702 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2704 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2705 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2706 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2712 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2715 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2716 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2717 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2723 len
= strlen (name
);
2725 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2728 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2730 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2732 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2735 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2736 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2738 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2740 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2742 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2743 && (suffix_len
== -2
2744 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2750 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2752 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2753 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2763 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2764 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2767 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2768 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2770 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2771 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2774 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2775 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2778 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2779 bed
->special_sections
,
2785 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2788 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2789 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2792 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2797 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2801 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2803 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2804 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2805 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2807 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2810 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2814 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2817 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2818 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2819 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2821 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2822 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2823 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2824 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2825 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2826 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2827 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2828 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2829 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2830 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2831 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2833 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2836 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2837 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2838 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2840 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2841 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2845 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2848 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2850 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2851 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2852 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2853 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2855 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2856 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2857 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2858 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2859 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2860 of combined data+bss.
2862 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2863 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2864 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2865 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2866 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2871 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2872 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2874 const char *type_name
)
2882 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2883 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2884 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2886 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2888 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2889 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2890 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2893 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2894 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2895 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2897 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2898 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2899 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2900 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2901 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2902 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2903 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2905 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2906 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2907 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2909 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2911 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2914 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2916 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2920 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2924 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2925 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2926 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2929 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2930 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2931 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2933 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2934 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2935 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2936 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2937 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2938 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2939 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2940 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2941 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2943 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2944 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2945 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2946 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2947 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2948 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2949 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2951 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2952 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2953 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2955 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2956 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2963 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2967 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2970 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2973 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2976 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2979 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2982 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2984 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2994 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2995 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2999 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3002 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3005 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3006 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3007 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3011 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3015 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3017 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3019 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3020 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3023 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3027 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3028 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3029 const char *sec_name
,
3030 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3032 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3033 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3037 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3039 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3041 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3047 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3048 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3049 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3053 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3054 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3055 const char *sec_name
,
3056 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3057 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3059 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3060 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3062 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3063 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3064 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3066 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3067 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3068 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3071 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3072 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3073 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3074 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3075 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3076 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3077 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3078 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3079 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3084 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3087 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3089 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3090 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3092 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3095 struct fake_section_arg
3097 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3101 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3104 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3106 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3108 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3109 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3110 unsigned int sh_type
;
3111 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3112 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3116 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3121 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3125 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3126 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3127 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3131 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3133 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3135 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3136 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3137 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3138 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3141 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3143 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3144 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3146 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3147 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3151 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3152 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3160 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3162 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3163 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3164 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3165 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3166 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3167 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3172 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3177 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3178 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3182 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3184 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3191 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3193 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3194 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3195 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3197 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3199 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3200 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3201 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3202 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3203 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3206 /* xgettext:c-format */
3207 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3208 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3212 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3213 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3214 copy_private_section_data. */
3216 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3217 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3219 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3221 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3222 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3224 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3226 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3227 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3228 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3229 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3230 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3232 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3233 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3234 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3235 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3237 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3238 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3241 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3252 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3253 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3254 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3255 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3259 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3263 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3267 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3271 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3272 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3276 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3277 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3280 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3281 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3284 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3285 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3286 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3287 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3289 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3290 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3292 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3293 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3296 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3297 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3298 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3299 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3301 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3302 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3304 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3305 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3309 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3313 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3317 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3318 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3319 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3320 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3321 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3322 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3323 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3325 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3326 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3328 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3329 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3330 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3331 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3332 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3334 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3335 if (asect
->size
== 0
3336 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3338 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3340 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3343 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3344 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3345 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3349 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3350 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3352 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3353 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3354 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3355 create the other. */
3356 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3358 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3361 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3362 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3363 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3364 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3366 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3367 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3373 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3374 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3381 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3383 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3390 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3391 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3392 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3393 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3396 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3398 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3399 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3400 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3404 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3405 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3406 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3407 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3410 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3412 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3413 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3417 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3419 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3423 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3425 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3427 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3429 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3430 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3434 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3435 elf_section_syms. */
3436 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3437 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3439 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3441 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3443 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3444 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3445 set until all local symbols are output. */
3447 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3448 unsigned long symndx
;
3449 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3452 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3453 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3454 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3455 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3456 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3457 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3459 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3461 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3463 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3464 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3466 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3467 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3469 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3471 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3474 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3476 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3479 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3481 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3482 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3483 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3490 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3492 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3493 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3494 start of the input section group. */
3495 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3497 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3498 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3499 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3500 directives, not that it matters. */
3507 s
= s
->output_section
;
3509 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3511 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3514 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3516 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3522 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3524 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3527 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3528 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3529 relocations apply. */
3532 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3534 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3535 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3536 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3537 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3542 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3548 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3551 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3554 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3559 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3561 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3562 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3565 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3566 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3567 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3570 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3573 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3574 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3575 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3578 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3579 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3580 in here too, while we're at it. */
3583 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3585 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3587 unsigned int section_number
;
3588 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3589 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3590 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3594 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3596 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3597 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3599 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3601 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3602 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3604 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3606 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3608 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3610 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3611 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3612 abfd
->section_count
--;
3615 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3618 /* Count relocations. */
3619 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3622 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3623 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3624 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3627 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3629 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3631 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3632 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3633 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3634 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3637 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3638 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3639 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3646 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3647 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3648 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3654 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3655 || (link_info
== NULL
3656 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3660 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3661 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3662 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3664 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3666 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3668 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3669 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3670 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3672 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3673 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3674 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3677 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3678 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3681 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3682 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3683 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3685 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3687 /* xgettext:c-format */
3688 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3689 abfd
, section_number
);
3693 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3694 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3696 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3698 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3699 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3700 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3703 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3704 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3705 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3707 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3711 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3713 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3716 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3717 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3719 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3720 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3721 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3722 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3724 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3725 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3728 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3732 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3734 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3735 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3736 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3737 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3738 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3740 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3742 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3743 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3744 the relocation entries apply. */
3745 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3747 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3748 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3749 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3751 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3753 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3754 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3755 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3758 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3759 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3761 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3764 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3765 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3767 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3768 if (discarded_section (s
))
3772 /* xgettext:c-format */
3773 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3774 " discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3775 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3777 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3778 size as the discarded one. */
3779 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3782 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3788 s
= s
->output_section
;
3789 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3793 /* Handle objcopy. */
3794 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3797 /* xgettext:c-format */
3798 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3799 " removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3800 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3804 s
= s
->output_section
;
3806 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3811 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3812 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3813 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3815 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3816 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3817 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3818 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3819 /* xgettext:c-format */
3820 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3825 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3829 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3830 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3831 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3832 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3833 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3834 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3835 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3837 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3839 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3842 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3843 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3848 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3849 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3850 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3851 field to point to this section. */
3852 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3853 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3858 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3859 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3862 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3863 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3864 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3868 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3870 /* This is a .stab section. */
3871 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3872 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3873 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3880 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3881 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3882 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3883 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3887 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3890 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3891 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3892 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3893 the version strings. */
3894 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3895 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3897 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3902 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3903 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3904 this hash table or version table is for. */
3905 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3907 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3911 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3915 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3916 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3917 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3923 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3925 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3926 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3927 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3928 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3930 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3931 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3932 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3935 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3936 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3937 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3938 the beginning of that array.
3940 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3943 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3944 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
3946 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
3948 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
3950 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
3951 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
3952 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3954 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3957 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3960 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3962 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
3965 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
3968 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
3973 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3974 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3977 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3979 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3981 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3984 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3985 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3986 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3987 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3988 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3989 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3990 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3991 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3994 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3995 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3998 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4000 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4001 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4002 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4003 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4004 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4005 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4006 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4007 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4013 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4017 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4019 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4020 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4024 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4025 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4027 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4028 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4030 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4031 decided to output. */
4032 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4034 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4036 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4038 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4039 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4041 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4043 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4044 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4046 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4050 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4051 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4053 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4055 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4059 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4060 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4061 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4062 at least in that case. */
4063 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4065 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4067 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4074 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4075 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4076 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4078 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4081 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4083 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4086 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4087 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4088 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4093 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4095 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4097 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4099 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4102 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4103 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4106 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4108 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4112 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4114 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4118 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4119 ELF data structure. */
4121 static inline file_ptr
4122 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4124 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4127 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4128 required section alignment. */
4131 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4135 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4136 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4137 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4138 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4139 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4140 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4141 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4145 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4146 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4147 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4150 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4151 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4154 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4156 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4157 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4158 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4160 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4163 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4164 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4165 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4167 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4170 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4171 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4173 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4174 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4175 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4179 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4182 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4183 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4184 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4185 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4189 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4190 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4192 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4197 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4199 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4204 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4205 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4206 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4207 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4208 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4209 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4210 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4211 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4212 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4213 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4214 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4216 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4224 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4226 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4227 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4229 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4231 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4232 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4233 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4234 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4237 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4238 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4240 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4242 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4244 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4245 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4247 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4250 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4255 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4256 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4258 static bfd_size_type
4259 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4265 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4266 and one for data. */
4269 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4270 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4272 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4273 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4274 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4279 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4281 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4285 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4287 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4291 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4293 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4297 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4299 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4303 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4305 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4306 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4308 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4310 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4311 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4312 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4313 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4314 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4315 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4317 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4318 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4319 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4320 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4321 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4326 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4328 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4330 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4336 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4338 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4340 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4341 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4342 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4343 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4345 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4349 /* xgettext:c-format */
4350 (_("%B: GNU_MBIN section `%A' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4351 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4354 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4355 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4356 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4361 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4362 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4366 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4372 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4375 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4378 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4380 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4381 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4383 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4389 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4390 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4397 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4399 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4400 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4401 asection
**sections
,
4406 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4411 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4412 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4413 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4417 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4418 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4419 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4420 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4422 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4424 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4425 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4426 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4432 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4435 struct elf_segment_map
*
4436 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4438 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4440 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4441 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4445 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4447 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4452 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4455 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4456 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4457 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4459 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4460 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4462 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4463 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4464 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4465 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4467 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4470 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4472 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4474 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4475 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4476 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4478 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4482 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4484 if (remove_empty_load
4485 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4487 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4494 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4496 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4503 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4506 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4509 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4510 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4512 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4514 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4517 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4519 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4523 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4524 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4527 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4528 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4530 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4531 bfd_boolean writable
;
4533 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4534 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4535 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4537 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4538 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= FALSE
;
4540 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4542 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4543 sizeof (asection
*));
4544 if (sections
== NULL
)
4547 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4548 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4550 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4551 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4554 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4556 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4560 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4561 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4562 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4565 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4568 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4570 /* Build the mapping. */
4575 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4576 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4578 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4579 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4581 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4582 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4586 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4587 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4588 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4589 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4590 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4591 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= TRUE
;
4595 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4596 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4600 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4608 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4609 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4610 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4614 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4615 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4616 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4617 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4618 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4621 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4623 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4626 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4627 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4628 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4629 program headers we will need. */
4632 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4634 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4635 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4636 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4637 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4638 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4639 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4640 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4641 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4643 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4644 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4645 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4646 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4647 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4648 force the inclusion if we can... */
4649 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4650 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
)
4651 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4653 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4657 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4660 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4664 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4667 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4669 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4670 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4671 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4673 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4675 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4676 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4680 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4681 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4683 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4684 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4687 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4688 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4689 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4690 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4691 section can be included in the current segment. */
4692 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4694 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4697 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4698 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4701 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4702 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4703 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4704 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4705 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4707 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4708 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4709 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4710 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4711 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4712 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4713 in the same segment. */
4716 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4718 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4719 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4720 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4721 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4724 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4725 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4726 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4728 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4729 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4730 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4731 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4732 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4733 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4734 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4739 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4740 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4743 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4744 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4746 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4748 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4754 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4757 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4758 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4759 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4760 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4766 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4767 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4769 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4776 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4782 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4783 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4784 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4788 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4791 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4793 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4794 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4795 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4796 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4798 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4806 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4809 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4816 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4817 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4818 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4819 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4820 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4822 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4824 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4825 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4830 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4831 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4832 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4834 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4835 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4836 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4837 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4843 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4844 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4848 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4852 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4853 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4856 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4857 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4861 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4867 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4868 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
4872 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4875 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4876 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4877 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4882 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4883 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4885 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4887 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4889 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4892 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4895 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4897 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4899 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4903 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4906 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4917 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4918 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4919 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
4920 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4921 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
4923 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4924 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
4925 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4927 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4930 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
4931 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4935 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4936 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4938 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4940 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
4946 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4948 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4949 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4950 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4952 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4953 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4957 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4959 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4965 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4967 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4968 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4972 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4973 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4974 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4975 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4976 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4977 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4979 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4980 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4987 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4989 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4991 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4993 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4994 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4997 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4998 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4999 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5002 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5007 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5010 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5011 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5015 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5022 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5025 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5028 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5030 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5035 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5040 /* Sort sections by address. */
5043 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5045 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5046 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5047 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5049 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5050 place the section into a segment. */
5051 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5053 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5056 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5057 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5058 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5060 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5063 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5065 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5071 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5072 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5073 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5074 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5079 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5084 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5085 before others at the same address. */
5087 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5088 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5095 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5098 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5100 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5101 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5102 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5103 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5104 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5107 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5108 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5110 /* In other words, something like:
5112 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5113 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5114 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5115 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5117 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5119 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5122 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5124 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5125 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5127 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5131 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5134 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5139 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5140 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5141 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5142 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5143 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5144 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5146 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5147 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5151 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5152 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5153 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5159 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5164 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5166 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5169 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5174 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5175 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5179 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5180 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5182 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5183 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5184 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5185 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5187 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5188 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5191 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5193 if (link_info
== NULL
5194 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5198 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5202 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5207 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5208 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5212 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5213 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5214 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5217 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5219 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5220 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5222 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5223 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5227 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5231 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5232 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5233 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5234 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5235 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5237 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5238 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5239 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5240 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5242 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5244 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5245 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5246 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5251 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5252 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5254 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5255 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5256 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5262 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5264 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5268 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5270 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5271 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5272 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5273 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5274 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5276 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5277 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5278 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5281 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5282 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5283 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5284 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5285 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5286 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5287 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5292 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5294 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5295 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5296 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5299 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5301 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5302 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5304 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5305 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5306 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5307 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5308 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5309 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5310 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5312 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5313 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5315 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5318 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5319 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5320 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5321 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5325 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5327 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5330 bfd_size_type align
;
5331 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5333 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5337 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5339 unsigned int secalign
;
5341 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5342 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5343 align_power
= secalign
;
5345 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5346 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5347 align
= maxpagesize
;
5350 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5351 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5352 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5353 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5354 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5355 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5357 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5360 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5361 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5363 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5367 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5369 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5370 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5372 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5373 && bed
->no_page_alias
5374 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5375 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5376 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5380 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5381 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5382 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5383 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5384 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5385 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5386 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5387 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5392 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5393 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5394 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5396 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5399 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5400 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5402 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5405 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5406 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5407 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5408 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5414 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5416 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5418 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5419 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5422 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5423 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5424 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5427 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers,"
5428 " try linking with -N"),
5430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5435 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5440 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5442 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5445 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5447 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5451 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5452 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5453 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5457 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5458 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5461 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5462 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5466 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5467 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5469 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5475 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5477 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5478 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5482 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5483 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5484 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5485 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5486 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5487 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5490 bfd_size_type align
;
5491 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5494 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5495 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5497 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5498 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5499 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5500 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5501 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5502 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5504 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5505 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5506 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5507 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5511 || p_end
< p_start
))
5514 /* xgettext:c-format */
5515 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5516 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5520 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5522 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5524 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5526 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5527 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5529 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5530 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5534 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5538 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5540 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5544 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5545 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5546 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5552 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5561 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5563 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5564 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5565 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5567 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5568 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5569 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5571 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5572 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5573 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5574 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5575 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5576 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5578 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5580 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5583 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5585 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5586 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5587 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5588 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5589 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5590 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5592 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5594 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5595 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5597 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5599 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5600 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5603 if (align
> p
->p_align
5604 && !m
->p_align_valid
5605 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5606 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5610 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5613 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5615 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5622 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5623 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5624 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5626 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5628 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5629 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5630 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5631 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5632 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5633 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5635 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5640 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5642 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5645 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5646 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5647 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5648 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5651 /* xgettext:c-format */
5652 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5654 print_segment_map (m
);
5660 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5664 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5667 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5668 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5670 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5671 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5672 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5673 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5674 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5675 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5676 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5677 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5678 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5682 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5683 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5684 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5685 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5690 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5691 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5692 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5693 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5694 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5695 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5697 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5699 /* xgettext:c-format */
5700 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5702 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5704 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5705 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5706 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5707 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5710 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5712 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5715 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5716 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5717 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5718 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5719 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5720 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5721 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5722 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5723 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5724 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5725 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5727 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5730 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5731 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5735 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5737 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5738 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5739 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5742 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5745 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5747 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5748 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5750 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5752 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5753 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5754 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5757 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5758 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5763 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5765 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5766 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5767 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5769 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5770 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5771 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5772 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5774 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5775 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5776 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5777 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5780 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5781 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5782 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5784 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5785 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5794 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5795 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5799 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5800 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5803 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5804 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5809 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5811 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5813 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5814 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5816 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5818 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5820 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5822 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5824 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5825 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5827 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5831 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5835 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5836 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5837 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5839 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5840 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5845 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5847 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5848 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5849 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5850 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5851 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5852 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5853 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5856 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5857 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5858 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5859 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5860 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5862 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5864 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5869 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5870 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5873 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5875 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5876 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5878 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5882 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5883 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5884 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5886 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5887 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5888 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
5894 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5896 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5898 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header and/or program header"),
5899 abfd
, (int)(p
- phdrs
));
5904 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5905 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5907 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5908 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5909 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5911 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5918 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5920 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5921 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5922 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5924 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5926 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5927 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5928 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5932 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5937 static elf_section_list
*
5938 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5940 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5946 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5947 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5948 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5950 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5951 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5952 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5953 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5954 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5955 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5956 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5958 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5961 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5962 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5964 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5965 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5966 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5968 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5969 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5971 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5972 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5977 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5978 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5980 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5981 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5982 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5983 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5985 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5988 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5989 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5990 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5991 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5992 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5993 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5994 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5995 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5996 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5997 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5999 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6002 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6005 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6011 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6012 assignment of sections to segments. */
6013 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6016 /* And for non-load sections. */
6017 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6020 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6022 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6026 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6027 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6029 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6030 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6031 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6033 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6034 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6035 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6036 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6037 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6039 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6040 segments is non-zero. */
6042 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6045 /* Write out the program headers. */
6046 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
6048 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6052 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6053 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6054 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6055 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6056 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6057 catch all real world use cases.
6059 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6060 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6061 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6062 changed or the programs updated. */
6064 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6065 && ! bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
)
6066 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6067 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6068 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
)
6069 < (tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6071 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6072 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6073 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6074 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6075 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6080 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6081 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6089 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6091 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6092 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6093 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6095 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6097 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6098 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6101 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6103 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6104 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6105 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6106 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6108 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6109 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6110 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6111 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6113 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6114 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6115 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6116 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6117 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6118 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6120 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6122 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6124 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6125 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6128 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6129 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6130 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6131 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6132 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6133 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6134 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6135 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6137 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6140 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6141 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6143 /* No program header, for now. */
6144 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6145 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6146 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6148 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6149 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6150 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6152 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6153 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6154 /* It all happens later. */
6158 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6159 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6163 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6164 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6165 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6166 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6167 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6168 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6169 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6170 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6176 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6177 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6180 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6183 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6184 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6185 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6186 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6188 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6190 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6191 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6192 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6195 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6197 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6198 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6199 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6201 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6205 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6206 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6208 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6209 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6213 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6214 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6216 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6217 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6219 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6220 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6224 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6225 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6228 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6230 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6232 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6234 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6239 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6244 /* Update section size and contents. */
6245 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6246 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6247 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6249 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6256 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6258 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6259 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6260 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6261 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6263 /* Place the section headers. */
6264 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6265 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6266 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6267 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6268 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6269 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6275 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6280 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6281 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6283 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6284 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6287 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6290 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6294 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6297 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6298 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6299 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6301 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6302 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6303 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6304 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6305 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6306 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6308 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6310 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6311 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6316 /* Write out the section header names. */
6317 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6318 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6319 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6320 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6323 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6324 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6326 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6329 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6330 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6331 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6337 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6339 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6340 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6343 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6346 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6349 unsigned int sec_index
;
6351 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6352 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6353 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6355 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6356 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6357 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6358 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6359 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6360 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6362 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6364 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6365 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6367 int retval
= sec_index
;
6369 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6373 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6379 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6383 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6385 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6387 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6389 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6390 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6391 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6392 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6393 input sections rather than the output section. */
6394 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6395 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6396 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6401 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6402 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6403 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6404 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6405 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6406 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6407 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6410 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6414 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6415 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6417 /* xgettext:c-format */
6418 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6419 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6420 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6427 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6428 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6436 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6439 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6441 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6442 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6443 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6444 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6445 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6448 unsigned int num_segments
;
6449 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6450 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6451 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6452 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6453 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6454 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6456 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6457 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6460 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6462 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6463 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6465 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6466 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6467 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6468 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6470 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6471 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6472 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6473 ? section->size : 0)
6475 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6476 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6477 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6478 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6479 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6480 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6482 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6483 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6484 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6485 (section->lma >= base \
6486 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6487 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6489 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6490 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6491 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6492 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6493 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6494 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6495 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6497 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6499 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6501 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6505 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6506 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6507 p_memsz set to 0. */
6508 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6510 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6511 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6512 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6513 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6515 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6516 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6517 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6519 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6520 A section will be included if:
6521 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6522 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6523 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6525 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6526 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6527 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6528 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6529 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6530 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6531 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6532 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6533 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6534 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6535 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6536 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6537 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6538 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6539 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6540 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6541 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6542 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6543 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6544 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6545 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6546 || (segment->p_paddr \
6547 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6548 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6549 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6551 && !section->segment_mark)
6553 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6554 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6555 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6556 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6557 && section->output_section != NULL)
6559 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6560 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6561 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6563 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6564 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6565 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6566 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6567 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6569 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6570 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6571 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6572 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6573 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6575 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6576 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6577 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6579 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6580 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6581 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6582 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6583 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6584 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6587 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6589 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6593 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6594 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6595 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6596 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6597 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6602 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6604 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6605 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6606 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6608 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6609 assignment code will work. */
6610 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6614 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6616 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6617 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6618 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6622 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6623 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6625 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6627 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6628 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6631 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6632 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6634 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6636 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6637 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6639 if (extra_length
> 0)
6641 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6642 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6645 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6647 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6649 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6654 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6656 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6657 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6659 if (extra_length
> 0)
6661 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6662 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6665 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6670 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6671 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6675 unsigned int section_count
;
6676 asection
**sections
;
6677 asection
*output_section
;
6679 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6680 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6683 asection
*first_section
;
6684 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6685 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6687 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6690 first_section
= NULL
;
6691 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6692 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6694 section
= section
->next
)
6696 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6697 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6698 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6700 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6701 first_section
= section
;
6702 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6707 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6708 all of the sections we have selected. */
6709 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6710 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6711 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6715 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6716 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6718 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6719 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6720 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6722 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6723 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6725 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6727 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6728 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6731 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6732 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6733 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6734 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6735 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6737 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6739 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6740 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6741 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6742 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6743 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6745 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6746 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6749 if (section_count
== 0)
6751 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6752 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6753 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6754 a warning is produced.
6755 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6756 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6757 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6758 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6759 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6760 /* xgettext:c-format */
6761 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6762 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected at vaddr=0x%.8x, is this intentional ?"),
6763 ibfd
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
6766 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6767 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6772 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6773 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6774 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6775 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6777 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6778 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6781 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6782 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6783 of the first section.
6785 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6786 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6787 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6788 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6789 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6791 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6792 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6793 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6794 or segments to contain the other sections.
6796 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6797 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6798 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6800 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6801 if (sections
== NULL
)
6804 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6805 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6806 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6807 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6808 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6813 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6814 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6816 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6818 section
= section
->next
)
6820 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6822 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6824 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6826 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6827 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6828 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6829 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6831 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6832 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6834 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6835 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6836 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6839 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6841 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6843 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6845 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6846 LMA address of the output section. */
6847 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6848 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6849 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6850 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6852 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6854 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6855 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6858 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6859 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6861 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6863 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6865 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6866 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6869 if (j
== section_count
)
6874 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6876 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6878 if (isec
== section_count
)
6880 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6881 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6882 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6883 program header in the input BFD. */
6884 map
->count
= section_count
;
6885 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6886 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6889 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6890 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6891 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6892 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6893 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6894 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6896 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6903 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6905 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6906 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6907 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6908 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6912 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6913 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6914 the LMA of the first section. */
6915 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6918 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6919 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6920 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6922 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6923 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6926 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6927 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6931 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6933 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6935 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6937 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6938 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6939 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6940 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6941 offset when we know the correct value. */
6942 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6943 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6946 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6950 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6951 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6952 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6953 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6954 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6955 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6962 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6964 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6965 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6967 section
= sections
[j
];
6969 if (section
== NULL
)
6972 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6974 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6976 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6977 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6979 if (map
->count
== 0)
6981 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6982 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6984 if (output_section
->lma
6986 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6987 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6988 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6996 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6998 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6999 and the start of this section is more than
7000 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7001 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7003 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7004 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7005 > output_section
->lma
))
7007 if (first_suggested_lma
)
7009 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7010 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7017 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7020 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7022 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
7024 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7025 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7029 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
7031 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7032 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7033 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7035 if (isec
< section_count
)
7037 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7038 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7039 and carry on looping. */
7040 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7041 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7042 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7049 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7050 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7051 not yet been assigned. */
7053 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7054 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7055 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7056 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
7057 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7058 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7059 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7062 while (isec
< section_count
);
7067 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7069 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7070 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7071 the offset if necessary. */
7072 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7076 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7079 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7080 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7081 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7086 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7087 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7089 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7090 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7091 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7092 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7093 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7094 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7098 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7101 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7103 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7104 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7105 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7106 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7107 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7109 unsigned int num_segments
;
7110 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7111 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7113 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7116 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7118 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7119 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7120 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7121 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7122 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7125 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7127 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7131 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7136 unsigned int section_count
;
7138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7139 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7140 asection
*lowest_section
;
7142 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7143 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7145 section
= section
->next
)
7147 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7148 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7150 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7151 first_section
= section
;
7156 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7157 all of the sections we have selected. */
7158 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7159 if (section_count
!= 0)
7160 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7161 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7165 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7168 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7169 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7170 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7171 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7172 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7173 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7174 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7175 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7177 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7178 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7180 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7181 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7182 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7183 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7184 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7186 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7187 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7190 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7191 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7192 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7193 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7195 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7196 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7198 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7199 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7200 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7201 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7202 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7204 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7205 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7208 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7209 if (section_count
!= 0)
7211 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7213 for (section
= first_section
;
7215 section
= section
->next
)
7217 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7218 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7220 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7221 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7225 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7226 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7227 lowest_section
= section
;
7229 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7230 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7231 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7232 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7234 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7235 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7237 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7238 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7239 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7241 if (isec
== section_count
)
7247 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7248 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7249 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7251 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7252 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7253 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7254 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7255 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7256 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7258 map
->count
= section_count
;
7259 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7260 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7263 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7267 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7271 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7273 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7274 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7277 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7280 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7282 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7283 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7284 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7285 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7286 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7287 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7288 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7290 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7292 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7293 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7296 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7297 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7298 section
= section
->next
)
7299 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7301 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7302 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7306 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7307 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7308 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7309 map in this case. */
7310 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7311 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7312 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7315 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7316 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7318 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7319 from the input BFD. */
7320 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7322 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7324 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7325 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7326 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7328 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7329 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7331 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7332 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7333 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7334 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7335 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7336 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7342 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7344 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7345 section
= section
->next
)
7347 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7350 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7353 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7357 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7359 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7360 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7361 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7363 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7364 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7366 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7369 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7370 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7372 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7373 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7374 /* xgettext:c-format */
7375 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7376 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7377 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7379 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7382 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7383 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7386 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7389 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7392 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7396 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7399 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7400 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7401 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7403 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7404 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7407 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7409 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7410 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7411 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7412 that the linker clears to differ. */
7413 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7414 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7416 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7417 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7418 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7420 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7421 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7422 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7424 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7425 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7426 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7427 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7429 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7430 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7431 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7432 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7433 if ((link_info
== NULL
7434 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7435 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7436 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7438 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7439 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7440 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7441 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7444 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7445 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7446 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7449 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7451 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7452 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7453 may be NULL at this point. */
7454 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7456 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7457 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7458 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7461 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7466 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7467 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7470 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7477 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7478 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7481 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7482 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7484 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7486 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7487 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7488 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7489 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7490 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7492 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7496 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7497 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7498 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7499 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7500 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7504 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7508 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7509 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7511 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7512 asection
*s
= first
;
7513 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7517 /* If this member section is being output but the
7518 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7519 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7520 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7521 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7523 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7524 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7526 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7527 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7528 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7529 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7531 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7537 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7539 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7540 adjust the input section size. This function may
7541 be called multiple times, so save the original
7543 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7544 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7545 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7549 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7551 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7559 /* Copy private header information. */
7562 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7564 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7565 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7568 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7569 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7570 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7571 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7572 already been worked out. */
7573 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7575 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7579 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7582 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7583 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7584 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7585 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7586 swap_out_syms function. */
7588 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7589 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7590 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7591 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7592 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7595 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7600 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7602 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7603 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7606 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7607 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7610 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7612 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7616 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7617 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7618 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7619 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7620 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7621 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7623 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7624 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7625 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7626 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7627 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7633 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7636 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7637 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7640 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7643 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7644 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7647 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7648 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7649 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7650 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7651 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7653 unsigned int num_locals
;
7655 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7657 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7660 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7661 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7665 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7666 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7667 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7668 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7669 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7670 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7671 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7672 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7674 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7675 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7677 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7678 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7679 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7680 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7682 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7686 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7687 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7688 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7691 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7695 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7696 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7698 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7699 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7701 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7703 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7704 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7706 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7707 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7708 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7709 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7712 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7713 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7714 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7715 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7716 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7718 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7721 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7723 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7724 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7730 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7731 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7732 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7733 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7734 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7735 outbound_syms_index
++;
7736 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7737 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7741 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7742 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7744 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7745 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7747 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7748 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7749 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7750 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7753 if (!name_local_sections
7754 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7756 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7757 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7761 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7762 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7764 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7766 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7770 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7772 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7773 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7775 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7776 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7777 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7778 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7779 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7780 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7781 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7783 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7784 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7785 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7789 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7792 if (sec
->output_section
)
7794 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7795 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7798 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7799 if (! relocatable_p
)
7801 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7802 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7804 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7806 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7808 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7809 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7810 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7811 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7815 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7818 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7821 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7824 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7827 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7828 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7837 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7839 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7843 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7844 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7845 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7846 demand of applications. For example, it
7847 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7848 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7849 actually in the output file. */
7850 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7852 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7853 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7855 /* xgettext:c-format */
7856 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7857 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7858 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7860 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7866 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7869 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7871 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7872 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7873 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7875 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7877 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7879 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7884 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7887 /* Processor-specific types. */
7888 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7889 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7890 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7891 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7893 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7895 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7896 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7898 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7900 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7902 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7904 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7905 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7906 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7908 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7909 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7911 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7913 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7914 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7918 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7919 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7922 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7924 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7926 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7927 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7928 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7930 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7933 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7936 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7938 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7939 sym
.st_target_internal
7940 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7945 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7949 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7950 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7951 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7953 outbound_syms_index
++;
7954 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7955 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7958 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7959 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7961 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7962 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7964 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7965 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7966 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7968 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7969 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7970 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7972 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7973 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7975 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7976 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7981 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7982 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7983 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7984 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7985 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7986 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7987 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7988 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7993 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7995 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7996 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7997 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8000 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8004 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8006 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8007 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8009 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8015 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8021 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8027 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8028 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8030 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8036 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8039 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8042 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8045 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8052 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8054 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8057 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8058 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8059 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8063 return section
->reloc_count
;
8067 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8070 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8073 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8078 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8079 asymbol
**allocation
)
8081 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8082 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8085 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8089 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8090 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8091 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8092 dynamic reloc section. */
8095 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8100 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8106 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
8107 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8108 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8109 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8110 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8111 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
8112 * sizeof (arelent
*));
8117 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8118 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8119 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8120 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8121 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8122 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8123 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8126 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8130 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8134 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8136 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8140 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8142 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8144 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8145 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8146 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8151 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8153 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8155 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8166 /* Read in the version information. */
8169 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8171 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8172 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8174 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8176 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8177 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8178 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8180 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8182 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8184 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8186 error_return_bad_verref
:
8188 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8189 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8190 error_return_verref
:
8191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8192 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8196 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8197 if (contents
== NULL
)
8198 goto error_return_verref
;
8200 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8201 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8202 goto error_return_verref
;
8204 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8205 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8207 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8208 goto error_return_verref
;
8210 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8211 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8212 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8213 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8214 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8215 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8217 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8218 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8221 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8223 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8225 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8226 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8228 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8229 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8231 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8232 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8235 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8236 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8237 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8238 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8239 goto error_return_verref
;
8242 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8243 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8244 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8246 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8247 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8248 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8249 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8251 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8253 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8254 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8255 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8256 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8257 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8259 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8260 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8262 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8263 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8265 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8268 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8269 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8271 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8272 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8273 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8275 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8276 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8279 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8280 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8282 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8283 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8285 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8286 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8287 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8289 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8290 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8292 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8298 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8300 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8301 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8302 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8303 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8304 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8306 unsigned int maxidx
;
8307 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8309 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8311 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8313 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8315 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8317 error_return_verdef
:
8318 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8319 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8323 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8324 if (contents
== NULL
)
8325 goto error_return_verdef
;
8326 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8327 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8328 goto error_return_verdef
;
8330 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8331 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8332 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8333 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8334 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8335 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8337 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8338 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8340 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8342 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8344 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8346 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8347 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8348 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8349 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8351 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8354 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8355 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8356 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8358 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8359 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8362 if (default_imported_symver
)
8364 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8370 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8371 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8372 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8373 goto error_return_verdef
;
8375 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8377 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8378 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8379 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8381 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8382 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8385 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8387 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8388 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8390 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8391 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8393 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8395 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8396 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8399 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8400 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8401 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8402 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8403 goto error_return_verdef
;
8407 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8408 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8410 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8411 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8412 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8413 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8415 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8417 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8418 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8419 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8420 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8421 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8423 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8424 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8426 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8429 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8430 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8432 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8433 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8434 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8436 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8437 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8440 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8441 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8442 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8444 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8445 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8447 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8448 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8450 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8451 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8457 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8464 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8465 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8466 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8472 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8473 if (default_imported_symver
)
8475 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8476 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8478 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8480 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8481 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8482 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8483 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8485 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8487 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8488 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8489 goto error_return_verdef
;
8490 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8491 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8492 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8493 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8494 goto error_return_verdef
;
8496 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8497 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8503 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8509 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8511 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8513 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8516 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8517 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8521 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8525 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8528 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8529 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8533 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8536 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8537 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8540 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8541 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8542 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8545 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8546 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8547 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8548 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8549 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8550 we treat such symbols as local. */
8551 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8554 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8555 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8556 These labels have the form:
8558 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8560 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8562 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8563 so we only need to match the rest. */
8564 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8566 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8570 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8572 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8574 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8575 /* A fake symbol. */
8578 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8579 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8580 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8581 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8582 other than some kind of local ? */
8599 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8600 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8607 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8608 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8609 unsigned long machine
)
8611 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8612 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8613 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8614 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8615 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8618 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8621 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8622 for error reporting. */
8625 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8629 const char **filename_ptr
,
8630 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8631 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8632 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8636 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8637 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8638 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8639 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8640 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8641 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8642 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8645 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8646 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8647 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8652 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8653 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8654 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8655 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8657 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8660 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8663 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8664 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8671 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8674 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8675 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8677 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8678 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8679 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8680 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8683 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8684 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8685 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8686 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8687 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8690 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8691 const char **filename_ptr
,
8692 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8693 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8696 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8697 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8698 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8703 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8705 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8706 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8708 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8710 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8712 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8714 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8717 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8718 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8721 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8724 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8732 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8734 const void *location
,
8736 bfd_size_type count
)
8738 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8741 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8742 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8748 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8749 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8751 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8752 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8753 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8754 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8755 || contents
== NULL
)
8757 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8760 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8761 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8762 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8769 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8770 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8771 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8776 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8779 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8781 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8783 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8785 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8786 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8788 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8789 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8791 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8793 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8796 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8799 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8802 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8805 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8808 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8811 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8817 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8819 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8821 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8822 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8824 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8829 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8835 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8838 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8841 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8844 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8847 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8853 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8857 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8866 /* xgettext:c-format */
8867 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8868 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8869 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8874 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8876 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8877 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8879 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8880 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8881 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8884 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8887 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8888 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8889 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8892 bfd_reloc_status_type
8893 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8894 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8895 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8896 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8897 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8899 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8902 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8903 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8904 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8905 out details about the corefile. */
8907 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8908 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8909 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8910 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8913 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8914 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8917 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8921 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8923 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8928 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8929 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8930 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8934 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8938 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8941 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8945 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8946 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8947 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8951 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8952 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8953 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8954 such a section already exists.
8955 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8956 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8957 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8959 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8965 char *threaded_name
;
8969 /* Build the section name. */
8971 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8972 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8973 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8974 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8976 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8978 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8983 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8984 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8986 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8989 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8991 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8995 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8998 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9003 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9007 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9008 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9009 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9011 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9012 has already been set by another thread. */
9013 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9014 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9015 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9016 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9018 /* pr_who exists on:
9021 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9024 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9030 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9031 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9033 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9034 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9036 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9037 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9038 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9040 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9041 has already been set by another thread. */
9042 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9043 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9044 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9047 /* pr_who exists on:
9050 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9053 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9054 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9056 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9059 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9062 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9063 note size (ie. data object type). */
9067 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9068 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9069 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9071 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9073 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9075 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9077 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9079 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9080 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9083 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9084 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9085 data structure apart. */
9088 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9090 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9093 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9094 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9098 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9100 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9103 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9104 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9105 contents literally. */
9108 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9110 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9114 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9116 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9120 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9122 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9126 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9128 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9132 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9134 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9138 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9140 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9144 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9146 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9150 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9152 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9156 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9158 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9162 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9164 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9168 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9170 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9174 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9176 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9180 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9182 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9186 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9188 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9192 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9194 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9198 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9200 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9204 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9206 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9210 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9212 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9215 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9216 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9217 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9218 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9222 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9223 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9224 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9225 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9229 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9230 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9231 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9234 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9237 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9245 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9249 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9255 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9257 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9259 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9261 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9263 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9265 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9266 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9268 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9269 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9270 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9273 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9274 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9276 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9277 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9279 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9280 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9282 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9284 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9285 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9287 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9288 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9289 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9292 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9293 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9299 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9300 note size (ie. data object type). */
9304 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9305 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9306 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9309 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9310 int n
= strlen (command
);
9312 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9313 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9318 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9320 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9322 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9324 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9325 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9326 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9332 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9334 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9337 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9339 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9342 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9344 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9347 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9348 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9349 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9353 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9355 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9357 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9359 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9365 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9366 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9367 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9372 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9374 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9375 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9377 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9378 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9380 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9382 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9383 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9384 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9387 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9389 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9393 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9394 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9395 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9396 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9399 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9400 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9401 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9404 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9406 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9409 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9411 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9412 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9413 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9416 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9418 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9422 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9423 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9424 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9425 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9428 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9429 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9430 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9433 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9435 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9437 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9440 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9447 int is_active_thread
;
9450 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9453 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9456 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9460 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9461 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9462 /* process_info.pid */
9463 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9464 /* process_info.signal */
9465 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9468 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9469 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9470 /* thread_info.tid */
9471 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9473 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9474 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9478 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9480 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9484 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9486 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9487 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9488 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9490 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9491 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9493 if (is_active_thread
)
9494 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9498 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9499 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9500 /* module_info.base_address */
9501 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9502 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9504 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9505 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9509 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9511 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9516 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9517 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9518 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9529 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9539 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9540 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9542 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9543 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9548 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9550 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9553 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9555 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9558 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9559 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9561 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9562 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9564 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9565 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9566 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9567 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9571 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9572 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9573 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9574 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9579 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9580 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9581 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9586 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9587 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9588 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9592 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9593 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9594 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9595 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9600 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9601 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9602 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9606 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9607 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9608 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9609 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9613 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9614 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9615 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9616 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9621 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9622 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9623 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9627 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9628 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9629 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9630 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9634 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9635 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9636 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9637 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9641 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9642 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9643 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9644 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9649 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9650 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9651 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9655 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9656 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9657 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9658 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9662 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9663 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9664 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9665 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9670 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9671 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9672 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9677 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9678 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9679 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9683 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9684 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9685 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9686 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9690 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9691 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9692 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9693 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9699 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9700 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9702 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9703 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9710 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9715 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9716 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9717 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9727 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9734 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9736 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9738 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9741 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9742 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9745 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9746 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9747 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9753 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9760 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
9761 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
9763 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9764 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9769 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9772 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9775 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9776 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9777 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9785 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9790 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9798 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9802 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
9805 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
9810 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
9818 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9819 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9823 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9824 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
9828 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9832 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9833 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9834 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
9837 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9839 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
9842 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9845 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9846 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
9849 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9850 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9856 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9861 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9862 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9866 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9867 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
9874 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9882 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9883 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
9884 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9886 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9888 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9889 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
9894 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9897 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9898 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9899 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9900 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9903 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9904 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
9905 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9908 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9909 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
9912 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9913 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9914 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9918 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9923 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9926 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9929 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9931 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9932 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9937 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
9939 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9944 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
9945 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
9946 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9952 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9953 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9963 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9967 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9970 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9977 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9979 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9980 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9981 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9983 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9984 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9985 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9987 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9988 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9989 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9991 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9996 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10000 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10001 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10003 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
10005 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10006 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10007 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10008 creates a core file. */
10010 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10013 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10014 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10015 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10018 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10022 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10024 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10025 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10027 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10028 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10029 switch (note
->type
)
10031 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10032 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10034 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10035 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10041 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10042 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10045 switch (note
->type
)
10047 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10048 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10050 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10061 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10063 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10065 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10067 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10068 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10069 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10071 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10072 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10073 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10079 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10081 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10082 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10084 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10085 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10087 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10088 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10090 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10091 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10093 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10095 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10100 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10101 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10102 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10107 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10109 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10114 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10115 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10116 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10125 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10127 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10134 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10135 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10137 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10138 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10140 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10141 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10143 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10144 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10146 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10147 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10150 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10151 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10152 thread just in case. */
10153 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10154 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10156 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10157 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10159 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10162 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10164 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10168 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10169 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10170 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10172 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10176 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10177 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10185 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10186 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10188 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10191 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10193 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10197 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10198 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10199 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10201 /* This is the current thread. */
10202 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10203 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10208 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10209 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10210 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10211 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10214 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10216 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10217 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10219 static long tid
= 1;
10221 switch (note
->type
)
10223 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10224 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10225 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10226 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10227 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10228 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10229 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10230 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10237 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10243 /* Use note name as section name. */
10244 len
= note
->namesz
;
10245 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10248 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10249 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10251 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10255 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10256 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10257 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10262 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10265 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10269 size of data for note
10271 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10272 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10273 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10274 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10277 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10280 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10288 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10295 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10297 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10299 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10302 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10303 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10304 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10305 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10306 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10307 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10311 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10319 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10330 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10334 const char *psargs
)
10336 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10338 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10341 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10342 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10347 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10348 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10349 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10351 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10353 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10356 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10359 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10360 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10361 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10362 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10363 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10368 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10370 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10373 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10376 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10377 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10378 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10379 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10380 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10382 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10389 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10390 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10391 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10393 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
10395 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10396 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10397 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10401 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10402 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10403 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10405 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10407 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10408 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10409 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10413 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10420 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10422 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10425 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10427 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10432 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10433 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10434 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10436 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10438 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10439 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10440 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10441 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10442 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10443 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10450 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10451 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10452 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10453 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10454 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10455 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10457 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10463 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10465 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10472 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10473 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10475 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10476 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10477 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10478 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10479 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10480 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10481 #if !defined(gregs)
10482 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10483 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10485 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10486 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10489 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10490 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10492 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10494 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10496 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10500 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10501 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10503 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10504 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10505 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10507 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10511 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10512 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10513 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10514 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10522 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10523 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10524 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10525 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10529 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10532 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10535 const void *fpregs
,
10538 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10539 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10540 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10544 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10547 const void *xfpregs
,
10550 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10551 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10552 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10556 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10557 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10560 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10561 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10563 note_name
= "LINUX";
10564 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10565 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10569 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10572 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10575 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10576 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10577 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10581 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10584 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10587 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10588 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10589 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10593 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10596 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10599 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10600 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10601 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10602 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10606 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10609 const void *s390_timer
,
10612 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10614 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10618 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10621 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10624 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10625 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10626 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10630 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10633 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10636 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10637 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10638 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10642 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10645 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10648 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10649 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10650 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10654 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10657 const void *s390_prefix
,
10660 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10661 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10662 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10666 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10669 const void *s390_last_break
,
10672 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10673 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10674 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10675 s390_last_break
, size
);
10679 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10682 const void *s390_system_call
,
10685 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10686 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10687 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10688 s390_system_call
, size
);
10692 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10695 const void *s390_tdb
,
10698 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10699 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10700 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10704 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10707 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10710 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10711 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10712 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10716 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10719 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10722 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10723 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10724 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10725 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10729 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10732 const void *arm_vfp
,
10735 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10736 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10737 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10741 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10744 const void *aarch_tls
,
10747 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10748 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10749 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10753 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10756 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10759 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10760 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10761 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10765 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10768 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10771 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10772 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10773 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10777 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10780 const char *section
,
10784 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10785 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10786 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10787 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10788 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10789 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10790 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10791 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10792 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10793 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10794 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10795 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10796 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10797 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10798 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10799 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10800 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10801 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10802 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10803 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10804 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10805 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10806 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10807 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10808 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10809 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10810 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10811 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10812 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10813 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10814 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10815 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10816 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10817 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10818 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10819 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10820 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10821 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10822 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10823 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10828 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10833 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10835 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10836 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10837 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10839 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10842 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10844 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10845 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10846 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10849 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10850 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10851 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10853 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10854 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10857 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10864 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10867 const char * string
;
10869 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10873 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10874 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
10875 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10876 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10877 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10878 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10880 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10883 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10885 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10886 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10887 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10889 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10898 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10900 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10903 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10904 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10906 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10912 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10919 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10926 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10929 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10933 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10934 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10937 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10938 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10948 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10950 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10951 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10952 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10955 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10957 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10959 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10963 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10966 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10967 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10968 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10969 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10971 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10972 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10975 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10979 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10981 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10985 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10986 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10987 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10992 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10993 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10994 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10995 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10997 return reloc_class_normal
;
11000 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11001 relocation against a local symbol. */
11004 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11005 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11007 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11009 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11010 bfd_vma relocation
;
11012 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11013 + sec
->output_offset
11015 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11016 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11017 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11020 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11021 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11022 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11025 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11026 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11027 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11028 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11029 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11030 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11031 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11034 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11035 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11041 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11046 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11048 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11049 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11051 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11052 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11053 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11056 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11057 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11058 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11059 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11063 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11064 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11068 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11070 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11071 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11073 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11074 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11077 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11079 /* Reverse the offset. */
11080 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11081 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11083 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11084 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11085 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11091 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11092 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11093 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11094 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11095 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11096 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11098 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11099 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11100 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11101 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11102 the remote memory. */
11105 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11108 bfd_size_type size
,
11109 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11110 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11112 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11113 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11117 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11118 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11119 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11127 const char *relplt_name
;
11128 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11132 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11138 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11141 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11144 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11147 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11148 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11149 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11150 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11151 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11154 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11155 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11156 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11159 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11163 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11164 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11167 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11168 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11169 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11170 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11172 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11173 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11176 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11178 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11183 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11187 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11188 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11190 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11195 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11196 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11199 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11200 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11201 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11202 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11203 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11204 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11206 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11209 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11210 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11212 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11216 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11217 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11218 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11219 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11222 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11225 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11226 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11233 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11234 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11235 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11236 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11237 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
11238 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11239 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
11240 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11243 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11244 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11246 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11248 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11250 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11252 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11253 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11254 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11255 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11256 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11257 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11261 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11262 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11263 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11266 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11268 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11269 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11272 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11273 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11274 otherwise return zero. */
11277 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11280 bfd_size_type size
;
11282 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11283 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11284 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11287 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11289 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11290 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;